1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 1999, 2000, 01, 02, 2003
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
71 #include "character.h"
75 #include "dispextern.h"
77 #include "termhooks.h"
85 #include "intervals.h"
91 #include <X11/Shell.h>
94 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
106 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
107 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
110 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
112 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
113 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
118 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
120 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
121 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
123 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
125 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
126 #if defined USE_MOTIF
127 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
128 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
129 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
134 #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR
135 #define XAW_ARROW_SCROLLBARS
136 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h>
137 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
138 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
139 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
140 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
142 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
143 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
144 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
145 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
147 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
149 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
150 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
151 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
156 #ifndef XtNinitialState
157 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
161 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
163 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
167 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
172 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
174 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
176 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
179 static int any_help_event_p
;
181 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
182 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
184 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
186 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
188 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
191 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
193 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
194 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
195 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
196 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
198 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
200 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
201 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
202 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
203 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
205 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
207 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
209 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
212 /* The application context for Xt use. */
213 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
214 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
215 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
217 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
219 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
221 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
222 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
224 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
226 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
227 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
228 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
230 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
234 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
235 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
236 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
237 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
239 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
241 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
242 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
243 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
244 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
245 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
246 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
247 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
248 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
249 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
252 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
254 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
255 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
257 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
259 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
260 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
263 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
264 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
267 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
269 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
270 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
271 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
272 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
273 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
274 it's somewhat accurate. */
276 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
278 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
282 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
284 static int input_signal_count
;
287 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
289 static int x_noop_count
;
291 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
293 extern char **initial_argv
;
294 extern int initial_argc
;
296 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
298 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
300 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
302 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
306 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
308 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
310 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
312 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
313 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
314 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
316 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
317 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
319 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
320 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
322 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
323 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
324 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
325 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
326 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
327 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
329 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
330 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
331 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
332 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
333 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
334 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
335 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
336 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
337 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
338 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
339 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
340 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
341 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
342 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
343 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
344 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
345 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
346 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
347 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
348 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
349 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
350 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
351 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
352 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
353 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
354 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
355 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
356 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
357 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
358 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
359 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
361 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, GC
));
362 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
363 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
364 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
365 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
366 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
367 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
368 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
369 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
371 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
372 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
373 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
374 int *, struct input_event
*));
377 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
386 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
387 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
388 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
390 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
391 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
396 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
397 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
398 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
399 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
400 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
403 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
406 /***********************************************************************
408 ***********************************************************************/
412 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
413 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
421 struct record event_record
[100];
423 int event_record_index
;
425 record_event (locus
, type
)
429 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
430 event_record_index
= 0;
432 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
433 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
434 event_record_index
++;
441 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
443 struct x_display_info
*
444 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
447 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
449 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
450 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
458 /***********************************************************************
459 Starting and ending an update
460 ***********************************************************************/
462 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
463 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
464 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
465 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
466 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
476 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
477 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
481 x_update_window_begin (w
)
484 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
485 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
488 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
492 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
494 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
495 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
497 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
499 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
500 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
502 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
503 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
504 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
505 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
506 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
507 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
509 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
510 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
511 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
512 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
513 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
514 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
515 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
519 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
520 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
523 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
524 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
533 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
536 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
540 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
542 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
543 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
546 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
548 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
549 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
551 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
552 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
553 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
555 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
556 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
560 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
562 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
564 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
566 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
571 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
573 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
575 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
577 draw_window_fringes (w
);
582 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
583 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
584 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
586 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
587 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
588 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
591 updated_window
= NULL
;
595 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
602 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
603 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
607 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
613 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
614 complete update has been performed. The global variable
615 updated_window is not available here. */
618 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
623 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
625 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
626 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
629 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
630 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
631 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
632 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
633 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
640 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
641 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
642 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
643 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
644 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
645 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
648 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
649 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
651 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
657 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
658 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
660 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
661 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
662 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
663 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
664 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
665 overhead is very small. */
666 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
667 && desired_row
->full_width_p
668 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
669 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
671 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
674 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
676 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
677 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
678 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
682 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
683 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
684 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
685 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
686 y
, width
, height
, False
);
692 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
694 struct glyph_row
*row
;
695 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
697 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
698 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
699 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
700 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
701 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
704 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
705 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
708 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
711 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
712 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
713 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
714 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
716 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
719 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
721 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
723 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
724 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
725 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
726 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
728 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
730 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
732 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
733 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
736 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
742 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
743 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
747 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
749 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
751 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
753 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
755 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
756 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
758 face
->background
, depth
);
762 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
763 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
766 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
767 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
768 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
769 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
772 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
773 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
774 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
778 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
779 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
780 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
784 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
789 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
790 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
791 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
795 XTset_terminal_modes ()
799 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
800 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
803 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
809 /***********************************************************************
811 ***********************************************************************/
813 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
815 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*,
816 struct charset
*, int *));
819 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
820 is not contained in the font. */
823 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
826 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
828 /* The result metric information. */
829 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
831 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
833 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
835 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
837 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
838 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
839 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
840 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
841 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
842 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
843 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
844 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
845 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
846 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
850 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
851 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
852 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
853 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
855 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
856 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
860 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
862 \ = integer modulus */
863 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
864 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
865 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
866 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
868 pcm
= (font
->per_char
869 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
870 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
871 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
877 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
878 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
879 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
880 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
881 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
882 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
886 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
891 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
892 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
895 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, charset
, two_byte_p
)
898 struct font_info
*font_info
;
899 struct charset
*charset
;
902 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
904 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
905 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
907 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
909 /* It's a program. */
910 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
912 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
914 ccl
->reg
[0] = CHARSET_ID (charset
);
915 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
920 ccl
->reg
[0] = CHARSET_ID (charset
);
921 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
922 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
925 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, Qnil
);
927 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
929 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
930 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, 0, ccl
->reg
[1]);
932 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, ccl
->reg
[1], ccl
->reg
[2]);
934 else if (font_info
->encoding_type
)
936 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
938 unsigned char enc
= font_info
->encoding_type
;
940 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
941 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
942 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
944 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
945 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
949 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
951 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
956 /***********************************************************************
958 ***********************************************************************/
962 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
963 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
964 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
966 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
967 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
968 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
969 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
970 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
971 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
972 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
973 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
974 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
975 unsigned long *, double, int));
976 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
977 double, int, unsigned long));
978 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
979 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
980 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
981 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
982 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
983 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
985 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
986 int, int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
987 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
988 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
991 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
995 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1000 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1002 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1003 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1004 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1006 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1009 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1013 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1014 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1016 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1017 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1018 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1019 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1020 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1021 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1022 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1024 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1025 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1026 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1028 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1029 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1032 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1033 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1034 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1035 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1037 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1038 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1041 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1042 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1044 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1049 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1052 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1053 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1058 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1059 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1060 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1062 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1064 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1065 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1067 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1068 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1069 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1071 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1072 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1073 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1076 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1081 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1082 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1083 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1084 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1085 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1086 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1088 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1089 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1092 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1093 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1095 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1098 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1102 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1103 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1104 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1107 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1108 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1110 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1114 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1115 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1119 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1120 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1122 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1124 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1126 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1127 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1129 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1131 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1132 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1134 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1136 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1139 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1141 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1142 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1144 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1145 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1147 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1148 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1152 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1153 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1156 /* GC must have been set. */
1157 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1161 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1162 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1165 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1166 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1169 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1170 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1175 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1178 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1179 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1182 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1185 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1186 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1187 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1188 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1189 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1193 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1194 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1199 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1202 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1203 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1207 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1208 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1209 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1210 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1214 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1215 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1216 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1217 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1218 contains the first component of a composition. */
1221 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1222 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1225 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1226 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1227 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1229 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1233 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1234 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1235 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1236 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1237 s
->background_width
,
1238 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1239 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1240 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1242 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1243 || s
->font_not_found_p
1244 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1247 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1248 s
->background_width
,
1249 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1250 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1256 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1259 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1260 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1264 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1265 of S to the right of that box line. */
1266 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1267 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1268 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1272 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1274 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1276 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1278 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1279 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1280 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1282 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1287 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1288 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1290 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1291 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1293 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1295 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1296 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1298 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1299 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1300 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1301 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1302 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1303 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
1304 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1306 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1308 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1309 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1311 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1312 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1317 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1318 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1320 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1321 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1324 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1326 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1327 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1329 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1330 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1332 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1333 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1338 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1341 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1342 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1346 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1347 of S to the right of that box line. */
1348 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1349 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1350 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1354 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1355 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1356 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1357 this composition. */
1359 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1360 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1361 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1364 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1365 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1369 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1371 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1372 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1373 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1375 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1376 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1377 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1378 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1385 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1387 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1388 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1389 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1390 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1391 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1394 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1395 cannot be determined. */
1397 static struct frame
*
1398 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1401 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1405 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1407 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1408 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1409 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1410 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1411 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1412 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1414 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1415 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1416 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1417 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1418 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1419 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1420 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1421 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1428 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1429 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1430 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1431 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1434 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1439 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1440 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1444 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1445 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1446 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1447 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1448 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1449 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1452 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1456 unsigned long *pixel
;
1460 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1461 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1465 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1466 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1468 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1470 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1472 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1477 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1478 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1480 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1483 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1485 DPY is the display we are working on.
1487 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1488 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1489 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1490 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1492 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1493 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1495 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1496 we allocated the color or not.
1498 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1501 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1505 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1506 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1516 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1517 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1519 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1523 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1524 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1525 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1527 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1529 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1530 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1532 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1534 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1535 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1537 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1538 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1540 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1541 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1546 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1548 params
[0] = color_name
;
1549 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1550 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1551 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1556 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1558 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1560 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1564 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1568 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1569 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1572 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1577 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1578 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1579 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1581 APP is the application context in which we work.
1583 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1584 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1585 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1587 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1590 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1599 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1601 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1604 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1606 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1607 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1608 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1609 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1610 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1615 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1618 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1619 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1620 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1621 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1623 static const XColor
*
1624 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1628 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1630 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1632 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1635 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1636 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1637 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1638 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1639 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1641 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1642 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1644 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1645 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1648 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1649 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1653 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1654 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1657 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1662 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1664 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1667 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1669 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1670 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1671 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1672 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1676 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1680 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1681 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1684 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1688 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1692 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1693 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1694 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1698 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1705 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1708 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1709 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1710 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1711 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1713 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1715 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1717 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1719 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1720 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1721 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1722 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1724 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1727 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1731 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1732 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1733 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1734 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1738 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1739 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1740 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1741 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1742 XColor
*cached_color
;
1744 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1745 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1746 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1747 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1748 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1750 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1751 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1752 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1756 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1758 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1759 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1765 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1766 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1767 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1771 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1776 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1777 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1781 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1782 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1783 get color reference counts right. */
1786 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1788 unsigned long pixel
;
1792 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1794 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1795 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1797 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1798 register_color (pixel
);
1804 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1805 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1806 get color reference counts right. */
1809 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1812 unsigned long pixel
;
1816 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1818 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1819 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1821 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1822 register_color (pixel
);
1828 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1831 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1832 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1833 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1834 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1835 use an additional additive factor.
1837 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1838 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1839 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1842 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1843 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1844 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1845 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1846 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1847 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1850 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1854 unsigned long *pixel
;
1862 /* Get RGB color values. */
1863 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1864 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1866 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1867 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1868 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1869 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1870 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1872 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1873 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1875 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1876 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1877 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1878 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1879 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1881 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1882 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1883 /* The additive adjustment. */
1884 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1888 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1889 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1890 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1894 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1895 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1896 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1900 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1901 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1904 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1906 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1907 delta to the RGB values. */
1908 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1910 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1911 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1912 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1913 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1924 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1925 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1926 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1927 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1928 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1929 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1932 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1934 struct relief
*relief
;
1937 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1940 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1941 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1942 unsigned long pixel
;
1943 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1944 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1945 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1946 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1948 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1949 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1951 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1952 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1953 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1955 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1957 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1958 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1961 /* Allocate new color. */
1962 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1964 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1965 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1967 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1968 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1971 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1973 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1975 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1978 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1982 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1985 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1986 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1988 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1989 unsigned long color
;
1991 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1992 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1993 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1995 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1996 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2001 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2002 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2003 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2006 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2007 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2009 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2010 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2011 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2012 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2013 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2018 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2019 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2020 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2021 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2022 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2023 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2027 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2028 raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2030 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2031 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2033 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2034 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2039 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2041 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2042 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2045 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2046 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2047 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2048 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2052 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2053 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2054 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2056 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2058 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2060 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2061 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2064 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2065 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2066 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2067 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2071 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2072 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2073 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2075 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2079 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2080 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2081 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2082 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2083 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2084 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2087 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2088 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2089 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2090 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2091 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2095 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2096 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2097 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2100 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2101 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2105 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2106 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2109 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2110 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2114 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2115 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2117 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2118 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2122 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2125 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2126 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2128 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2129 int left_p
, right_p
;
2130 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2131 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2133 last_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
);
2134 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
2135 && !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2137 last_x
+= WINDOW_RIGHT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (s
->w
);
2138 if (s
->area
!= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
2139 || WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (s
->w
))
2140 last_x
+= WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s
->w
);
2143 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2144 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2146 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2148 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2149 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2151 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2153 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2155 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2157 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2158 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2160 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2161 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2162 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2164 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2166 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2168 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2169 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2170 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2173 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2174 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2175 width
, raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2180 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2183 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2184 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2187 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2189 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2190 right of that line. */
2191 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2192 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2193 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2197 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2199 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2200 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2206 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2207 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2208 trust on the shape extension to be available
2209 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2211 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2214 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2216 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2217 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2218 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2219 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2220 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2222 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2225 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
2226 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
2227 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2228 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2229 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2233 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2235 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2238 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
2239 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
2240 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2241 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2242 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2244 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2245 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2246 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2247 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2248 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2249 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2250 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2252 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2254 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2255 s
->img
->width
+ r
*2 - 1, s
->img
->height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2260 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2261 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2262 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
2266 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2269 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2270 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2272 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2275 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2277 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2278 right of that line. */
2279 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2280 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2281 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2285 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2287 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2288 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2290 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2291 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2293 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2294 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2298 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2299 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2304 x1
= x
+ s
->img
->width
+ thick
- 1;
2305 y1
= y
+ s
->img
->height
+ thick
- 1;
2307 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2308 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2309 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, 1, 1, &r
);
2313 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2316 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2317 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2321 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2323 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2324 right of that line. */
2325 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2326 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2327 x
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2331 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2333 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2334 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2340 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2341 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2342 trust on the shape extension to be available
2343 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2345 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2349 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2350 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2351 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2352 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2353 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2355 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2356 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
2357 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2361 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2362 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
2364 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2365 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2366 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2367 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2368 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2369 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2370 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2372 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2374 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2375 s
->img
->width
+ r
*2 - 1, s
->img
->height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2380 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2381 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2382 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
2386 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2387 give the rectangle to draw. */
2390 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2391 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2396 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2397 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2398 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2399 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2402 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2406 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2409 s->x +-------------------------
2412 | +-------------------------
2415 | | +-------------------
2421 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2422 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2425 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2426 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2428 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2430 height
= s
->height
- 2 * box_line_vwidth
;
2433 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2434 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2436 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2437 if (height
> s
->img
->height
2441 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2442 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2444 if (box_line_hwidth
&& s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2445 x
= s
->x
+ box_line_hwidth
;
2449 y
= s
->y
+ box_line_vwidth
;
2453 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2454 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2455 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2456 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2457 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2459 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2460 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2461 s
->background_width
,
2464 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2466 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2468 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2471 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2472 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2473 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2474 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2475 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2480 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2482 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2483 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2484 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2485 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2489 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2491 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2494 /* Draw the foreground. */
2497 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2498 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2499 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2500 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2501 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2504 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2506 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2508 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2509 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2510 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2514 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2517 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2518 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2520 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2521 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2523 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2524 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2526 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2527 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2528 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2531 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2533 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2534 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2536 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2537 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2541 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2542 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2544 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2550 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2551 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2553 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2555 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2556 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2557 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2558 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2563 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2564 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2565 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2566 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2570 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2571 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2574 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2578 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2581 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2582 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2584 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2586 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2587 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2588 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2589 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2591 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2592 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2593 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2594 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2597 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2598 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2600 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2601 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2602 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
2603 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2604 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2605 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2608 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2609 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2610 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2611 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2615 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2617 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2620 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2624 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2628 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2629 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2631 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2632 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2635 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2636 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2637 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2639 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2640 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2647 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2649 /* Draw underline. */
2650 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2652 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2655 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2656 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2659 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2660 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2661 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2662 specs, and its default is
2664 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2665 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2667 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2668 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2669 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2670 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2671 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2673 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2675 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2676 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2677 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2681 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2682 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2683 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2684 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2685 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2689 /* Draw overline. */
2690 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2692 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2694 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2695 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2700 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2701 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2702 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2704 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2708 /* Draw strike-through. */
2709 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2711 unsigned long h
= 1;
2712 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2714 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2715 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2720 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2721 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2722 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2724 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2728 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2729 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2730 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2733 /* Reset clipping. */
2734 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2737 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2740 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2742 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2744 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2745 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2746 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2750 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2761 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2762 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2765 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2772 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2773 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2777 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2778 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2788 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2790 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2792 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2793 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2794 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2796 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2797 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2799 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2801 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2802 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2803 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2805 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2808 xg_frame_cleared (f
);
2816 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2818 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2819 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2821 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2824 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2825 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2828 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2829 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2831 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2832 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2833 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2835 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2836 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2840 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2842 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2843 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2847 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2849 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2850 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2852 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2854 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2866 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2867 pixels into background pixels. */
2871 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2872 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2873 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2875 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2876 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2880 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2881 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2882 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2883 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2884 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2885 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2886 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2890 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2891 edge it is next to. */
2892 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2894 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2895 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2898 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2899 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2906 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2908 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2909 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2911 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2913 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2914 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2915 width
, flash_height
);
2916 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2918 (height
- flash_height
2919 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2920 width
, flash_height
);
2923 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2924 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2925 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2926 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2931 struct timeval wakeup
;
2933 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2935 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2936 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2937 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2938 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2940 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2942 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2944 struct timeval current
;
2945 struct timeval timeout
;
2947 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2949 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2950 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2953 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2955 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2957 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2958 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2962 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2963 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2965 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2967 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2968 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2969 width
, flash_height
);
2970 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2972 (height
- flash_height
2973 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2974 width
, flash_height
);
2977 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2978 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2979 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2980 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2982 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
2990 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
2993 /* Make audible bell. */
2998 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3000 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3002 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3009 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3010 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3017 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3018 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3019 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3020 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3023 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3026 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3031 /***********************************************************************
3033 ***********************************************************************/
3035 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3036 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3039 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
3046 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3049 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3053 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3054 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3056 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3057 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3059 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3061 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3062 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3063 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3067 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3068 line at the bottom. */
3069 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3070 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3072 height
= run
->height
;
3076 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3078 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3079 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3081 height
= run
->height
;
3086 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3090 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3091 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3092 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3102 /***********************************************************************
3104 ***********************************************************************/
3111 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3112 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3113 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3114 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3116 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3117 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3119 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3123 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3126 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3127 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3128 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3129 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3131 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3132 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3134 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3137 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3138 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3139 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3140 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3141 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3144 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3145 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3146 struct frame
*frame
;
3148 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3150 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3152 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3153 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3154 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3156 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3157 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3160 selected_frame
= frame
;
3161 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3163 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3164 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3167 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3168 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3170 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3173 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3176 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3177 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3178 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3181 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3184 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3185 struct frame
*frame
;
3186 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3188 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3190 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3192 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3193 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3195 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3196 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3197 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3198 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3199 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3201 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3202 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3206 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3209 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3210 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3213 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3215 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3217 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3219 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3220 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3224 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3225 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3230 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3231 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3233 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3236 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3237 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3239 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3241 struct frame
*frame
;
3244 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3248 switch (event
->type
)
3253 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3255 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3257 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3258 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3259 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3260 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3262 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3268 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3269 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3270 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3271 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3277 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3280 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3281 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3283 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3286 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3287 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3288 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3290 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3291 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3292 the appropriate X display info. */
3295 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3296 struct frame
*frame
;
3298 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3302 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3303 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3305 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3307 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3309 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3310 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3311 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3312 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3313 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3315 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3316 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3320 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3322 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3325 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3326 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3327 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3333 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3335 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3337 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3338 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3340 int min_code
, max_code
;
3343 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3345 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3346 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3347 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3348 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3349 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3352 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3354 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3355 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3358 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3359 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3361 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3363 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3364 Alt keysyms are on. */
3366 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3368 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3369 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3372 = mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3374 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3378 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3382 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3384 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3390 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3395 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3400 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3405 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3409 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3410 if ((1 << row
) == LockMask
)
3411 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3419 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3420 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3422 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3423 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3426 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3427 make them just meta, not alt. */
3428 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3430 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3433 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3434 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3437 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3441 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3442 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3445 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3446 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3447 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3448 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3451 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3452 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3453 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3454 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3455 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3456 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3457 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3458 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3461 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3462 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3463 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3464 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3465 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3466 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3470 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3471 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3474 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3475 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3476 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3477 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3481 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3482 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3483 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3484 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3485 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3486 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3487 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3488 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3491 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3492 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3493 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3494 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3495 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3496 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3499 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3502 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3508 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3516 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3518 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3520 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3524 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3525 struct input_event
*result
;
3526 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3529 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3531 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3532 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3533 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3534 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3536 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3540 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3541 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3542 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3548 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3549 The input handler calls this.
3551 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3552 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3553 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3554 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3556 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3557 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3560 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3562 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3564 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3565 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3566 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3568 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3570 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3571 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3572 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3575 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3576 else if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3577 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3578 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3579 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3581 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3582 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3583 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3588 /************************************************************************
3590 ************************************************************************/
3593 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3595 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3596 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3597 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3598 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3599 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3603 static int glyph_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int, XRectangle
*));
3606 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
3607 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
3608 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
3612 glyph_rect (f
, x
, y
, rect
)
3619 struct glyph_row
*r
, *end_row
;
3621 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, &x
, &y
, 0);
3625 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
3626 r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
3627 end_row
= r
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1;
3629 for (; r
< end_row
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
3633 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
3634 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
3636 while (g
< end
&& gx
< x
)
3637 gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
;
3640 rect
->width
= g
->pixel_width
;
3641 rect
->height
= r
->height
;
3642 rect
->x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, gx
);
3643 rect
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->y
);
3654 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3655 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3657 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3658 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3659 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3660 position on the scroll bar.
3662 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3663 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3666 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3667 was at this position.
3669 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3671 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3675 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3678 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3679 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3681 unsigned long *time
;
3687 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3688 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3694 Window dummy_window
;
3697 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3699 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3700 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3701 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3702 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3704 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3706 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3707 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3708 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3710 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3713 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3714 a different screen. */
3717 /* The position on that root window. */
3720 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3723 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3725 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3727 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3728 containing the pointer. */
3732 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3737 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3738 structure is changing at the same time this function
3739 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3741 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3743 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3744 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3746 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3747 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3748 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3750 /* From-window, to-window. */
3751 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3753 /* From-position, to-position. */
3754 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3758 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3764 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3766 /* From-window, to-window. */
3769 /* From-position, to-position. */
3770 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3775 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3783 /* Now we know that:
3784 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3785 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3786 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3787 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3788 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3789 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3790 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3791 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3792 never use them in that case.) */
3794 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3795 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3797 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3798 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3801 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3802 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3804 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3807 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3810 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3812 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3815 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3817 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3821 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3827 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3828 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3832 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3833 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3834 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3835 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3836 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3837 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3838 the frame are divided into. */
3840 int width
, height
, gx
, gy
;
3843 if (glyph_rect (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &rect
))
3844 last_mouse_glyph
= rect
;
3847 width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
3848 height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
3852 /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to
3853 round down even for negative values. */
3858 gx
= (gx
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
3859 gy
= (gy
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
3861 last_mouse_glyph
.width
= width
;
3862 last_mouse_glyph
.height
= height
;
3863 last_mouse_glyph
.x
= gx
;
3864 last_mouse_glyph
.y
= gy
;
3870 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3871 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3872 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3882 /***********************************************************************
3884 ***********************************************************************/
3886 /* Scroll bar support. */
3888 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3890 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3893 static struct scroll_bar
*
3894 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3901 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3902 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3904 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3905 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3908 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3910 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3911 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3912 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3915 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3917 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3918 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3919 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3920 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3921 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3924 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3925 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3926 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3927 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3934 #if defined USE_LUCID
3936 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3937 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3940 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3945 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3946 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3949 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3950 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3952 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3959 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3962 /************************************************************************
3964 ************************************************************************/
3966 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3968 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3969 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3970 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3971 struct scroll_bar
*));
3972 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
3976 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3977 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
3979 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
3981 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
3983 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
3985 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
3986 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
3989 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
3991 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
3993 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
3995 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
3996 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
3997 to avoid jerkyness. */
3999 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4001 extern void set_vertical_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct window
*));
4003 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4004 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4005 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4006 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4009 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4012 XtPointer client_data
;
4016 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4022 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4023 end_action
= "Release";
4024 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4025 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4026 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4027 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4030 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4031 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4035 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4036 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4037 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4039 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4041 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4042 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4043 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4045 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4046 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4048 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4049 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4052 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4054 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4055 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4057 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4058 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4061 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4062 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4063 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4064 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4067 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4069 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4072 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4073 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4074 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4079 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4080 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4081 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4082 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4083 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4086 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4087 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4088 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4089 into that array in the event. */
4090 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4091 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4094 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4096 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4097 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4098 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4100 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4102 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4103 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4106 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4107 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4108 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4109 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4110 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4111 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4113 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4114 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4116 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4117 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4118 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4119 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4124 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4128 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4130 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4132 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4137 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4138 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4140 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4141 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4143 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4144 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4147 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4149 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4151 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4152 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4153 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4154 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4155 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4161 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4163 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4166 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4167 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4168 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4171 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4173 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4175 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4176 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4177 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4181 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4182 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4183 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4186 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4187 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4188 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4191 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4192 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4193 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4196 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4197 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4198 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4202 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4203 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4206 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4207 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4208 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4215 /* Get the slider size. */
4217 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4220 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4221 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4222 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4223 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4227 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4233 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4234 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4235 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4240 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4242 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4243 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4246 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4250 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4256 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4257 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4259 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4261 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4263 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4266 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4268 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4274 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4276 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4278 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4279 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4281 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4283 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4284 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4286 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4288 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4289 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4291 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4293 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4294 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4298 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4299 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4300 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4301 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4306 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4307 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4308 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4312 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4314 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4315 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4316 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4320 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4322 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4324 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4325 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4327 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4330 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4332 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4336 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4338 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4339 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4340 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4341 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4342 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4344 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4346 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4348 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4349 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4350 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4351 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4355 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4356 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4357 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4358 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4359 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4360 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4361 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4364 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4366 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4368 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4369 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4370 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4374 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4376 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4379 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4380 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4382 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4383 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4384 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4385 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4387 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4389 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4390 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4391 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4392 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4395 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4396 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4398 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4400 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4401 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4405 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4407 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4409 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4412 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4417 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4420 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4422 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4428 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4429 unsigned long pixel
;
4434 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4435 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4436 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4437 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4438 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4439 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4440 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4441 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4443 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4446 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4450 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4453 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4457 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4458 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4460 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4461 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4463 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4465 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4467 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4469 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4471 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4473 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4476 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4477 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4479 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4480 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4481 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4482 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4484 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4486 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4487 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4488 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4489 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4490 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4491 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4492 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4493 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4495 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4498 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4502 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4505 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4509 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4511 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4512 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4514 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4515 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4516 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4518 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4520 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4522 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4523 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4524 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4526 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4529 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4530 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4531 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4532 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4533 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4535 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4539 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4540 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4541 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4543 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4545 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4548 /* Specify the colors. */
4549 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4552 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "topShadowPixel", pixel
);
4555 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4558 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "bottomShadowPixel", pixel
);
4563 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4564 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4568 char *val
= initial
;
4569 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4570 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4572 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4573 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4574 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */
4575 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4579 /* Define callbacks. */
4580 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4581 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4584 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4585 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4587 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4589 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4590 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4591 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4592 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4594 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4595 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4596 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4597 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4601 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4604 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4605 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4609 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4610 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4611 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4613 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4616 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4618 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4619 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4620 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4622 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4623 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4630 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4631 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4632 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4633 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4634 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4635 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4636 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4637 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4638 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4639 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4640 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4641 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4642 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4643 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4650 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4651 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4654 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4658 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4659 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4661 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4662 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4663 size
= max (size
, 1);
4665 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4666 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4667 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4669 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4671 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4677 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4678 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4682 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4684 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4685 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4686 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4690 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4691 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4692 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4695 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4696 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4698 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4699 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4700 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4701 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4703 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4704 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4708 ScrollbarWidget sb
= (ScrollbarWidget
) widget
;
4709 int scroll_mode
= 0;
4711 /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */
4712 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
)
4714 /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging
4715 so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */
4716 scroll_mode
= sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
;
4717 if (scroll_mode
== 2)
4718 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= 0;
4721 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4722 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4723 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4725 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4728 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& scroll_mode
== 2)
4729 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= scroll_mode
;
4734 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4738 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4740 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4744 /************************************************************************
4745 Scroll bars, general
4746 ************************************************************************/
4748 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4749 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4750 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4753 static struct scroll_bar
*
4754 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4756 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4758 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4759 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4760 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4764 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4765 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4766 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4768 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4772 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4773 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4774 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4776 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4777 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4779 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4781 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4783 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4784 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4785 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4786 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4787 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4789 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4791 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4792 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4793 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4795 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4797 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4804 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4806 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4808 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4809 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4810 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4811 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4812 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4813 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4814 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4815 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4817 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4818 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4820 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4821 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4822 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4824 /* Map the window/widget. */
4825 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4828 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4829 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4831 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4832 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4836 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4837 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4838 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4839 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4840 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4842 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4843 max (height
, 1), 0);
4844 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4845 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4847 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4848 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4849 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4856 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4858 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4859 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4860 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4863 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4864 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4865 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4866 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4867 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4869 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4872 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4873 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4877 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4878 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4879 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4880 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4882 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4884 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4885 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4891 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4892 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4893 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4895 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4896 the distance between start and end. */
4898 int length
= end
- start
;
4902 else if (start
> top_range
)
4904 end
= start
+ length
;
4908 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4912 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4913 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4914 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4916 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4917 if (end
> top_range
)
4920 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4921 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4922 that many pixels tall. */
4923 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4925 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4926 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4928 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4929 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4930 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4931 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4932 inside_width
, start
,
4935 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4936 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4937 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4938 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4940 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4941 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4942 /* x, y, width, height */
4943 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4944 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4945 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4947 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4948 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4949 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4950 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4952 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4953 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4954 if (end
< inside_height
)
4955 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4956 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4957 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4958 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4959 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4967 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4969 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4973 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4974 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4976 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4979 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4981 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4982 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4983 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4984 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4986 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4989 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4990 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4996 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
4997 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
4998 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5002 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5004 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5006 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5007 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5008 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5009 int window_y
, window_height
;
5011 /* Get window dimensions. */
5012 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5014 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5015 height
= window_height
;
5017 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5018 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5020 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5021 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5022 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5023 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5027 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5028 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5029 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5030 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
5032 sb_left
= left
+ (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
5034 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5035 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5040 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5041 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5043 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5046 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5047 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5051 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5055 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5056 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5058 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5062 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5064 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5066 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5068 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5071 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5075 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5076 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5078 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5079 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5083 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5085 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5086 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5087 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5088 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5089 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5090 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5092 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5093 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5095 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5096 max (height
, 1), 0);
5098 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5099 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5101 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5102 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5103 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5105 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5106 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5108 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5109 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5110 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5114 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5115 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5116 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5119 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5120 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5121 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5123 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5124 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5125 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5126 rest
, height
, False
);
5128 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5129 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5133 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5138 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5140 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5142 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5146 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5148 /* Remember new settings. */
5149 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5150 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5151 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5152 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5157 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5158 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5159 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5160 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5162 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5164 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5167 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5170 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5171 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5172 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5175 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5177 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5181 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5182 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5183 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5184 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5185 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5186 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5187 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5189 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5190 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5191 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5194 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5197 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5198 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5201 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5202 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5203 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5204 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5205 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5206 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5207 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5212 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5213 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5216 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5217 struct window
*window
;
5219 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5222 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5223 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5226 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5228 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5229 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5230 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5232 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5234 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5235 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5237 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5238 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5239 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5241 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5242 one or the other! */
5246 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5248 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5249 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5251 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5253 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5254 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5255 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5258 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5259 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5262 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5265 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5267 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5269 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5270 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5271 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5273 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5275 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5277 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5280 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5283 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5284 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5288 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5289 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5290 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5292 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5296 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5297 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5300 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5301 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5302 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5303 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5307 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5309 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5310 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5312 /* x, y, width, height */
5314 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5315 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5320 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5322 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5323 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5325 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5330 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5331 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5333 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5335 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5338 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5339 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5340 emacs_event
->modifiers
5341 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5342 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5343 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5344 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5347 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5348 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5349 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5352 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5354 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5357 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5358 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5361 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5363 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5364 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5365 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5366 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5368 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5370 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5371 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5372 whether or not we're dragging. */
5374 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5376 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5377 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5378 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5381 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5382 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5383 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5384 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5386 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5387 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5389 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5390 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5394 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5396 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5398 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5399 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5401 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5403 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5406 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5410 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5412 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5414 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5418 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5419 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5422 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5424 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5427 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5429 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5430 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5432 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5433 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5435 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5437 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5439 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5444 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5446 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5447 on the scroll bar. */
5450 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5452 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5453 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5455 unsigned long *time
;
5457 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5458 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5459 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5461 Window dummy_window
;
5463 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5467 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5469 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5471 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5472 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5473 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5475 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5478 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5485 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5488 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5490 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5492 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5493 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5497 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5501 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5503 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5504 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5505 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5506 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5507 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5508 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5510 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5512 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5513 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5516 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5519 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5525 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5526 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5527 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5531 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5534 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5537 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5538 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5539 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5540 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5541 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5542 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5543 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5544 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5546 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5550 /* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */
5552 struct selection_event_queue
5555 struct selection_event_queue
*next
;
5558 static struct selection_event_queue
*queue
;
5560 /* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */
5562 static int x_queue_selection_requests
;
5564 /* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */
5567 x_queue_event (f
, event
)
5571 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
5572 = (struct selection_event_queue
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue
));
5574 if (queue_tmp
!= NULL
)
5576 queue_tmp
->event
= *event
;
5577 queue_tmp
->next
= queue
;
5582 /* Take all the queued events and put them back
5583 so that they get processed afresh. */
5586 x_unqueue_events (display
)
5589 while (queue
!= NULL
)
5591 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
= queue
;
5592 XPutBackEvent (display
, &queue_tmp
->event
);
5593 queue
= queue_tmp
->next
;
5594 xfree ((char *)queue_tmp
);
5598 /* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */
5601 x_start_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
5604 x_queue_selection_requests
++;
5607 /* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */
5610 x_stop_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
5613 x_queue_selection_requests
--;
5614 x_unqueue_events (display
);
5617 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5620 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5621 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5622 sometimes don't work. */
5624 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5627 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5628 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5629 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5630 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5632 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5633 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5635 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5637 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5638 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5640 static int temp_index
;
5641 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5643 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5644 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5646 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5648 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5649 on a particular display. */
5651 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5653 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5654 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5655 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5656 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5658 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5660 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5663 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5664 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5665 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5666 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5667 inev.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5668 XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); \
5672 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5673 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5683 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5684 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5685 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5687 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5689 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5693 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5694 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5697 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5698 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5699 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5702 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5703 event
->xclient
.window
);
5705 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5710 static int current_count
;
5711 static int current_finish
;
5712 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5714 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5715 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5716 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5717 static GdkFilterReturn
5718 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5723 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5725 if (current_count
>= 0)
5727 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5729 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5732 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5733 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5734 so we do it here. */
5735 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5736 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5737 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5741 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5745 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5750 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5752 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5753 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5755 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5757 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5760 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5762 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5763 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5764 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5766 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5769 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5770 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5773 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5775 struct input_event inev
;
5780 struct coding_system coding
;
5781 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5783 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5786 inev
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5793 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5794 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5795 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5797 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5798 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5800 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5801 could be the shell widget window
5802 if the frame has no title bar. */
5803 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5805 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5806 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5807 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5809 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5810 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5811 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5812 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5813 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5816 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5817 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5818 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5819 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5822 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5823 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5824 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5827 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5828 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5829 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5830 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5831 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5832 /* The ICCCM says this is
5833 the only valid choice. */
5835 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5836 /* This is needed to detect the error
5837 if there is an error. */
5839 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5841 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5846 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5847 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5849 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5850 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5851 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5852 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5853 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5854 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5855 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5856 session manager and one for this. */
5858 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5861 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5862 event
.xclient
.window
);
5863 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5864 for a single Emacs process. */
5865 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5866 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5867 event
.xclient
.window
,
5868 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5870 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5871 event
.xclient
.window
,
5877 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5878 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5880 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5881 event
.xclient
.window
);
5883 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5885 inev
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5886 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5893 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5894 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5899 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5900 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5903 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5905 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5906 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5910 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5917 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5918 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5920 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5921 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5925 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5927 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5928 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5929 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5930 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5932 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5933 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5934 currently never do because we are interested in
5935 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5936 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5937 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5938 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5939 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5943 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5944 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5945 we construct an input_event. */
5946 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5947 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5949 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
);
5950 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5953 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5955 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5960 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
))
5961 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5965 case SelectionNotify
:
5966 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5967 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5969 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5970 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5973 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5974 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5975 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5977 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5979 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5981 inev
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5982 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
) = eventp
->display
;
5983 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
) = eventp
->selection
;
5984 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
) = eventp
->time
;
5985 inev
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5989 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5990 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5991 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5993 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5994 if (x_queue_selection_requests
)
5995 x_queue_event (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
),
5999 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6000 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6002 inev
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6003 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
) = eventp
->display
;
6004 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6005 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
) = eventp
->selection
;
6006 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
) = eventp
->target
;
6007 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
) = eventp
->property
;
6008 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
) = eventp
->time
;
6009 inev
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6013 case PropertyNotify
:
6014 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
6015 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
6016 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
6017 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
6018 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
6022 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6025 case ReparentNotify
:
6026 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6030 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6031 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6035 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6036 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6041 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6044 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6046 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6048 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6049 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6050 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6051 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6055 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6056 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6060 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6061 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6063 #if defined USE_LUCID
6064 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6065 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6066 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6069 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6071 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6073 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6075 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6076 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6078 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6079 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6080 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6083 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6084 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6087 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6088 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6092 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6093 source area was obscured or not
6095 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6099 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6100 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6101 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6103 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6106 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6109 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6110 source area was completely
6115 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6116 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6119 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6122 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6123 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6124 the frame was deleted. */
6126 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6127 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6128 display that won't ever be seen. */
6129 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6130 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6131 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6132 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6133 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6134 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6135 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6136 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6138 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6140 inev
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6141 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6147 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6148 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6149 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6152 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6153 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6154 frame is visible. */
6155 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6158 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
6159 the frame's display structures.
6160 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6161 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6162 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6163 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6164 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6165 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6167 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6168 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6169 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6173 inev
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6174 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6176 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6177 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6178 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6179 to update the frame titles
6180 in case this is the second frame. */
6181 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6187 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6189 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6190 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6191 if (popup_activated ())
6195 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6197 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6199 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6200 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6203 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6206 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6207 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6208 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6210 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6212 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6213 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6216 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6220 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6221 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6222 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6225 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6226 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6227 status_return even if the input is too long to
6228 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6229 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6230 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6231 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6232 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6233 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6234 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6236 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6240 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6241 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6242 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6244 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6248 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6249 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6250 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6252 /* This will have to go some day... */
6254 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6255 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6256 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6257 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6258 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6259 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6260 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6262 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6263 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6264 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6265 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6266 not it is combined with Meta. */
6267 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6268 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6273 Status status_return
;
6275 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6276 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6277 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6278 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6280 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6282 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6283 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6284 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6285 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6286 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6289 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6290 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6291 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6292 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6293 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6294 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6295 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6296 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6298 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6300 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6301 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6302 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6305 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6311 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6313 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6318 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6319 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6323 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6324 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6327 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6328 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6332 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6333 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6334 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6337 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6339 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6340 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6342 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6343 inev
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6345 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6346 translations to characters. */
6347 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6348 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6350 inev
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6355 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6356 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6357 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6361 inev
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6362 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6363 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6364 inev
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6368 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6369 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6370 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6371 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6372 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6373 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6375 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6376 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6378 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6379 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6380 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6381 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6382 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6383 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6385 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6386 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6388 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6389 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6391 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6392 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6394 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6395 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6397 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6398 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6400 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6401 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6403 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6404 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6406 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6407 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6409 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6410 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6412 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6413 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6415 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6416 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6418 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6419 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6421 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6422 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6424 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6425 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6426 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6427 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6428 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6429 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6431 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6432 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6435 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6437 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6438 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6439 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6440 don't have real modifiers but
6441 should be treated similarly to
6442 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6443 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6444 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6446 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6447 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6451 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6452 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6454 inev
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6459 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6464 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6466 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6468 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6471 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6473 /* Decode the input data. */
6477 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6478 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6479 we used just above and the locale. */
6480 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6481 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6482 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6483 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6484 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6485 gives us composition information. */
6486 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6488 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6489 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6490 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6491 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6492 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6493 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6494 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6495 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6498 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6499 character events. */
6500 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6502 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6503 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6505 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6507 inev
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6508 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6509 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6511 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
6514 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6515 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6518 inev
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6520 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6526 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6527 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6536 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6537 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6545 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6547 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6549 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6550 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6553 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6555 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6556 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6558 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6560 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6561 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6564 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6565 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6568 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6569 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6570 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6571 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6575 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6579 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6581 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6584 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6586 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6587 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6588 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6589 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6592 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6593 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6594 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6595 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6596 if (any_help_event_p
)
6602 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6607 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6608 help_echo_string
= help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
6611 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6612 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6613 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6615 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6617 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6619 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6620 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6626 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6627 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6631 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6632 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6635 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6636 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6637 will be selected iff it is active. */
6638 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6639 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6640 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6642 inev
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6643 inev
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6648 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6652 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6653 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6654 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6655 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6658 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6659 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6661 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6662 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6663 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6666 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6667 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6668 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6669 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6674 case ConfigureNotify
:
6675 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6678 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6680 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6681 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6682 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6683 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6684 do this one, the right one will come later.
6685 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6686 need to reset it below. */
6688 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6689 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6690 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6691 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6696 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6697 is called by the code that handles resizing
6698 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6700 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6701 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6702 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6703 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6704 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6705 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6706 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6708 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6709 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6710 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6712 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6715 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6716 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6719 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6720 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6721 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6722 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6725 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6726 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6727 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6729 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6730 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6731 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6735 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6736 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6739 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6741 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6742 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6743 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6744 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6752 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6753 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6756 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6758 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6760 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6761 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6763 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6767 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6768 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6769 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6772 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6773 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6775 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6776 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6778 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6779 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6781 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6782 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6783 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6789 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6790 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6792 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6793 if (! popup_activated ())
6796 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6798 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6799 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6801 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6802 construct_mouse_click (&inev
, &event
, f
);
6804 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6805 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6808 construct_mouse_click (&inev
, &event
, f
);
6814 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6815 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6816 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6818 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6819 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6821 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6823 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
);
6824 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6826 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6828 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
);
6829 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6832 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6834 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6835 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6836 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
6837 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
6838 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
6844 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6847 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6849 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6850 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6851 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6852 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6853 Instead, save it away
6854 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6855 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6858 ! popup_activated ()
6861 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6862 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6863 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6864 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6865 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6866 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6867 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6868 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6870 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6871 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6873 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6876 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6878 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6882 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6883 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6884 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6886 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6888 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6889 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6890 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6895 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6898 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6902 case CirculateNotify
:
6905 case CirculateRequest
:
6908 case VisibilityNotify
:
6912 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6914 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6916 case MappingModifier
:
6917 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6918 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6919 case MappingKeyboard
:
6920 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6926 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6928 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6929 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6931 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6936 if (inev
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6938 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
6943 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6948 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6954 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6955 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6956 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6960 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6961 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6971 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6972 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6973 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6975 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6977 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6981 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6982 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6984 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6987 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6993 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6994 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6995 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6997 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6998 thus pretending to be `read'.
7000 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7003 XTread_socket (sd
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7006 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7010 int event_found
= 0;
7011 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7013 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7015 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7019 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7022 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7023 input_signal_count
++;
7027 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
7028 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
7029 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7031 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7033 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7034 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7035 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7036 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7037 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7038 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7041 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7042 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7043 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7044 for X connections. */
7047 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7049 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7050 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7051 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7052 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7054 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7058 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7059 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7061 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7062 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7067 struct input_event inev
;
7069 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7070 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7071 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7073 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7081 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7085 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7088 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7089 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7094 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7096 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7099 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7104 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7105 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7106 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7107 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7109 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7110 from all displays. */
7112 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7114 current_count
= count
;
7115 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7117 gtk_main_iteration ();
7119 count
= current_count
;
7121 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7123 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7126 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7130 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7131 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7134 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7135 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7136 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7138 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7142 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7143 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7145 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7147 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7148 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7152 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7154 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7155 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7157 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7158 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7170 /***********************************************************************
7172 ***********************************************************************/
7174 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7175 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7177 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7178 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7179 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7182 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
)
7184 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7187 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7188 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7189 int window_y
, window_width
;
7191 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7193 clip_rect
.x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0);
7194 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
7195 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7196 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7197 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7199 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7203 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7206 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7208 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7210 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7211 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7212 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7215 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7218 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7219 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7220 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7221 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7224 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
7225 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
7226 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
7228 wd
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- 1;
7229 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
7230 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
7231 wd
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
), wd
);
7232 w
->phys_cursor_width
= wd
;
7234 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
7236 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7237 y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
7239 /* Compute the proper height and ascent of the rectangle, based
7240 on the actual glyph. Using the full height of the row looks
7241 bad when there are tall images on that row. */
7242 h
= max (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), cursor_glyph
->ascent
+ cursor_glyph
->descent
);
7243 if (h
< row
->height
)
7244 y
+= row
->ascent
/* - w->phys_cursor_ascent */ + cursor_glyph
->descent
- h
;
7247 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7248 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7249 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7250 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7251 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7253 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7254 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7255 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7257 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7258 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
7259 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7260 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7264 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7266 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7267 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7268 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7272 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7274 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7276 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7278 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7279 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7281 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7282 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7284 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7285 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7288 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7289 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7290 the bar might not be in the window. */
7291 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7293 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7294 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7295 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7299 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7300 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7301 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7302 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7303 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7306 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7307 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7308 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7309 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7310 that the glyph is legible. */
7311 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7312 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7314 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7315 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7318 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7321 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7322 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7326 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7327 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7329 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7330 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
7332 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7333 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7334 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7335 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7336 width
, row
->height
);
7338 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7339 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7340 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7341 row
->height
- width
),
7342 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7345 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7350 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7353 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7357 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7361 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7364 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7366 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7368 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7369 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7373 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7376 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7378 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7380 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7383 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7387 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7388 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7390 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7391 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7393 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7394 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7397 switch (cursor_type
)
7399 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7400 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7403 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7404 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7408 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7412 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7416 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7424 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7425 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7426 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7431 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7432 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7439 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7442 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7448 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7451 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7452 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7453 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7454 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7459 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7460 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7461 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7463 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7464 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7465 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7469 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7470 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7472 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
7473 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
7474 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
7475 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7478 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7479 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7480 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7481 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7482 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7484 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7487 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7488 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7494 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7495 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7498 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7502 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7508 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7509 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7511 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7512 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7514 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7515 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7516 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7518 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7519 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7520 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7521 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7526 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7528 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7529 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7531 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
7533 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7534 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7535 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7538 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7542 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7543 SDATA (x_error_message_string
),
7544 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7547 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7548 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7551 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7552 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7553 stored in x_error_message_string.
7555 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7556 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7558 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7560 void x_check_errors ();
7561 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7564 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7567 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7569 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7572 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
,
7573 Fcons (make_save_value (dpy
, 0),
7574 x_error_message_string
));
7576 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7577 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7582 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7585 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
7586 Lisp_Object old_val
;
7590 first
= XCAR (old_val
);
7592 XSync (XSAVE_VALUE (first
)->pointer
, False
);
7594 x_error_message_string
= XCDR (old_val
);
7598 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7599 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7600 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7603 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7607 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7610 if (SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0))
7611 error (format
, SDATA (x_error_message_string
));
7614 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7615 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7618 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7621 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7624 return SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0) != 0;
7627 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7630 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7633 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7636 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7637 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7638 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7639 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7642 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7646 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7650 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7653 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7658 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7659 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7660 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7661 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7662 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7665 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7666 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7669 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7670 must reestablish each time */
7671 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7676 /************************************************************************
7678 ************************************************************************/
7680 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7682 static char *error_msg
;
7684 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7685 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7686 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7689 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7691 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7695 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7696 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7699 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7701 char *error_message
;
7703 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7704 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7707 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7708 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7709 handling_signal
= 0;
7711 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7712 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7713 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7714 the original message here. */
7715 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7717 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7718 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7719 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7721 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7722 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7723 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7725 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7726 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7728 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7729 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7730 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7732 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7733 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7734 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7737 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7738 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7739 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7740 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7746 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7749 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7751 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7753 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7754 that are on the dead display. */
7755 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7757 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7759 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7760 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7761 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7762 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7763 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7764 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7767 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7768 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7769 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7770 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7771 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7772 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7774 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7775 trying to find a replacement. */
7776 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7777 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7781 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7783 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7785 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7787 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7788 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7792 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7794 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7796 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7797 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7799 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7800 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7804 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7805 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7806 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7809 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7813 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7815 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7816 original error handler. */
7818 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7819 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7820 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7821 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7825 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7826 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7829 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7833 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
7834 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7836 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7840 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7841 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7842 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7845 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7850 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7851 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7855 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7857 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7858 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7859 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7860 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7863 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7865 register char *fontname
;
7867 struct font_info
*fontp
7868 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, fontname
);
7873 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
))
7874 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7876 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7878 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7879 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7880 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7882 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7883 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7885 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7887 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7888 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7890 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7891 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7892 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7896 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7897 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7900 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7901 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7903 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7904 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7905 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7906 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7907 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7908 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7910 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7911 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7912 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7913 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7914 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7917 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7920 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default fontset,
7921 and return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a
7922 wildcard pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits
7923 the pattern. FONTSETNAME may be a font name for ASCII characters;
7924 in that case, we create a fontset from that font name.
7926 The return value shows which fontset we chose.
7927 If FONTSETNAME specifies the default fontset, return Qt.
7928 If an ASCII font in the specified fontset can't be loaded, return
7932 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7934 Lisp_Object fontsetname
;
7936 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (fontsetname
, 0);
7939 if (fontset
> 0 && f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
== fontset
)
7940 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7942 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7943 else if (fontset
== 0)
7944 /* The default fontset can't be the default font. */
7948 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7950 result
= x_new_font (f
, SDATA (fontsetname
));
7952 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7953 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7957 fontset
= new_fontset_from_font_name (result
);
7959 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7960 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7964 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7965 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7968 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7972 /***********************************************************************
7974 ***********************************************************************/
7980 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7981 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7982 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7985 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
7987 XPointer client_data
;
7990 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7991 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7995 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7996 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7998 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7999 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8001 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8002 if (FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
))
8004 XFreeFontSet (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
));
8005 FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
) = NULL
;
8010 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8011 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8012 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8016 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8019 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8020 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8023 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8024 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8027 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8028 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8029 char *resource_name
;
8036 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8043 XIMCallback destroy
;
8046 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8047 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8050 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8051 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8052 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8058 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8059 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8063 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8067 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8068 char *resource_name
;
8071 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8072 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8073 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8074 when the callback was registered. */
8077 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8079 XPointer client_data
;
8082 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8083 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8085 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8089 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8091 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8092 as they have no XIC. */
8093 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8095 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8098 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8100 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8102 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8103 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8105 create_frame_xic (f
);
8106 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8107 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8108 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8110 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8111 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8120 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8123 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8124 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8125 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8126 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8129 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8130 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8131 char *resource_name
;
8136 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8137 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8140 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8141 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8142 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8143 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8144 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8145 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8146 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8147 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8148 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8149 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8150 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8151 least, hence the configure test. */
8152 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8153 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8154 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8155 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8156 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8160 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8161 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8165 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8168 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8169 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8174 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8175 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8176 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8178 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8179 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8180 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8181 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8182 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8183 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8185 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8188 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8192 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8193 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8196 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8200 int win_x
= 0, win_y
= 0;
8201 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8203 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8204 is already for the top-left corner. */
8205 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8208 /* Find the offsets of the outside upper-left corner of
8209 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
8210 But do this only if we will need the results. */
8211 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8212 /* This is to get *_pixels_outer_diff. */
8213 x_real_positions (f
, &win_x
, &win_y
);
8215 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8216 position that fits on the screen. */
8217 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8218 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8219 - 2 * FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->x_pixels_outer_diff
8220 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8224 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8226 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8227 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8228 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8230 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8231 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8232 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8233 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8236 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8237 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8239 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8242 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8243 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
8244 - FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->y_pixels_outer_diff
8246 /* Assume the window manager decorations are the same size on
8247 three sides, i.e. left, right and bottom. This is to
8248 compensate for the bottom part. */
8249 - FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->x_pixels_outer_diff
8254 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8255 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8256 so the flags should correspond. */
8257 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8260 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8261 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8262 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8263 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8264 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8267 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8269 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8272 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8274 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8278 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8280 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8282 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8283 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8285 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8288 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8290 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8291 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8293 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8295 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8296 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8297 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8298 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8299 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8302 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8303 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8305 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8306 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8308 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8309 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8310 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8316 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8317 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8319 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8322 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8324 int width
, height
, ign
;
8326 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8328 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8330 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8331 when setting WM manager hints.
8332 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8333 x_check_expected_move. */
8334 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8336 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8337 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8338 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8340 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8341 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8346 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8348 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8349 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8350 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8351 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8353 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8356 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8358 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8359 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8361 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8363 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8364 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8365 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8367 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 1);
8369 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8370 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8372 /* Just do this once */
8373 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8378 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8379 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8380 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8381 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8384 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8389 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8391 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8392 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8393 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8395 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8396 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8397 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8399 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8401 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8402 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8404 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8405 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8407 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8408 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8409 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8411 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8412 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8413 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8414 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8416 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8417 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8418 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8419 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8420 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8422 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8424 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8425 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8426 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8428 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8429 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8430 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8431 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8432 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8434 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8438 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8439 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8440 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8441 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8444 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8452 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8453 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8455 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8458 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8460 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8461 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8462 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8463 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8464 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8465 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8466 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8467 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8468 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8471 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8473 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8475 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8477 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8479 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8480 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8482 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8483 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8484 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8485 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8486 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8491 /* Mouse warping. */
8494 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8500 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8501 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8503 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8504 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8506 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8507 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8511 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8512 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8516 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8519 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8525 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8526 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8530 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8533 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8536 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8540 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8541 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8542 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8543 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8544 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8553 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8554 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8555 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8556 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8560 /* Raise frame F. */
8566 if (f
->async_visible
)
8569 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8570 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8575 /* Lower frame F. */
8581 if (f
->async_visible
)
8584 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8585 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8591 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8601 /* Change of visibility. */
8603 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8604 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8605 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8606 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8607 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8608 finishes with it. */
8611 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8615 int original_top
, original_left
;
8616 int retry_count
= 2;
8622 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8624 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8626 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8628 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8629 call x_set_offset a second time
8630 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8631 before the window gets really visible. */
8632 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8633 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8634 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8636 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8638 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8639 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8640 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8641 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8642 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8643 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8645 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8646 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8648 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8649 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8650 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8651 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8652 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8653 to come back ok without this. */
8654 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8655 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8659 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8661 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8662 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8663 so that incoming events are handled. */
8667 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8668 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8669 will set it when they are handled. */
8670 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8672 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8673 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8675 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8678 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8680 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8681 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8682 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8683 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8685 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8686 because the window manager may choose the position
8687 and we don't want to override it. */
8689 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8690 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8691 && previously_visible
)
8695 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8699 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8700 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8701 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8702 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8703 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8704 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8705 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8706 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8707 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8709 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8710 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8711 original_left
, original_top
);
8716 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8718 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8719 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8720 MapNotify at all.. */
8721 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8722 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8724 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8727 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8728 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8729 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8730 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8731 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8733 if (input_polling_used ())
8735 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8736 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8737 handler reset it. */
8738 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8739 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8740 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8741 poll_for_input_1 ();
8742 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8745 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8746 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8751 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8755 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8756 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8757 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8758 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8760 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8765 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8767 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8770 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8775 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8776 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8778 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8779 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8780 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8782 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8783 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8789 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8790 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8791 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8792 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8793 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8794 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8797 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8798 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8804 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8805 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8807 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8808 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8810 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8812 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8813 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8817 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8818 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8819 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8820 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8821 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8822 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8824 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8827 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8828 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8832 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8833 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8834 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8837 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8838 just by the event that we get from the server.
8839 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8840 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8841 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8843 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8844 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8845 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8852 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8861 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8862 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8863 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8865 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8870 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8872 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8874 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8877 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8879 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8880 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8882 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8885 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8886 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8892 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8894 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8896 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8897 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8898 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8899 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8900 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8901 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8902 so we have to record it here. */
8905 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8906 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8911 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8912 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8913 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8917 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8919 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8920 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8924 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8926 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8928 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8929 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8930 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8931 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8933 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8934 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8936 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8937 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8941 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8942 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8943 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8944 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8945 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8947 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8948 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8950 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8953 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8954 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8958 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8960 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8962 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8964 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8965 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8968 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8969 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8971 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8973 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8977 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
8980 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
8983 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8985 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
8989 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
8990 commands to the X server. */
8991 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8993 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
8994 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
8996 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8997 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
8998 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
8999 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9000 toolkit scroll bars. */
9001 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9003 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9004 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9013 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9014 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9016 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9017 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9019 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9020 we are using a toolkit. */
9021 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9022 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9024 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9025 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9028 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9029 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9030 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9032 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9033 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9034 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9036 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9038 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9039 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9040 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9042 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
9043 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
9044 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9045 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9046 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9047 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9049 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9050 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9051 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9052 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9053 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9054 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9055 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9056 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9057 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9058 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9059 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9060 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9061 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9062 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9063 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9065 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9066 free_frame_faces (f
);
9069 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9072 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9073 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9075 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9076 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9078 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9079 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9080 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9081 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9082 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9083 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9085 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9087 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9088 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9089 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9090 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9091 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9092 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9093 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9100 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9103 x_destroy_window (f
)
9106 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9108 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9109 commands to the X server. */
9110 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9111 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9113 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9117 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9119 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9120 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9121 that the window now has.
9122 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9123 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9124 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9128 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9133 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9135 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9138 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9141 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9143 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9144 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9146 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9147 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9149 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9150 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9151 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9152 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9153 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9154 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9155 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9156 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9157 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9158 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9160 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9161 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9162 size_hints
.max_width
9163 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9164 size_hints
.max_height
9165 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9167 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9169 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9170 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9171 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9173 int base_width
, base_height
;
9174 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9176 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9177 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9179 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9181 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9182 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9183 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9184 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9185 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9187 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9188 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9189 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9192 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9193 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9194 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9195 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9196 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9198 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9199 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9203 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9206 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9209 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9212 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9213 long supplied_return
;
9217 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9220 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9223 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9224 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9225 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9226 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9227 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9231 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9236 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9237 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9238 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9239 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9240 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9241 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9242 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9243 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9247 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9252 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9253 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9257 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9258 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9260 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9263 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9265 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9268 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9270 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9273 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9277 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9280 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9281 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9282 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9283 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9285 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9286 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9288 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9289 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9293 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9297 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9299 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9300 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9305 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9306 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9307 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9308 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9312 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9313 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9314 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9315 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9316 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9317 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9318 best to explicitly give up. */
9320 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9321 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9327 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9331 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9332 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9333 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9334 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9337 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9339 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9340 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9342 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9346 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9350 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9352 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9353 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9354 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9356 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9360 /***********************************************************************
9362 ***********************************************************************/
9364 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9367 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9371 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9375 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9377 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9380 SIZE < 0 means include auto scaled fonts.
9382 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9383 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9384 on how many fonts to match. */
9387 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9389 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9393 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9394 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9395 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9396 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9397 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9398 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9400 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9404 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9408 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9409 if (NILP (patterns
))
9410 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9412 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9413 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9414 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9416 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9419 char **names
= NULL
;
9421 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9422 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9423 The cache is an alist of the form:
9424 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9425 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9426 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9427 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9428 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9431 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9432 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9436 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9439 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9441 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9444 unsigned long value
;
9446 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9447 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9449 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9450 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9452 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9456 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9458 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9459 int len
= strlen (name
);
9462 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9463 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9464 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9466 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9470 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9471 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9473 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9474 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9479 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9482 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9485 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9487 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9488 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9495 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9496 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9499 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9508 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9511 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9513 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9514 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9516 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9520 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9527 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9528 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9529 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9533 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9535 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9536 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9537 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9538 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9539 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9540 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9545 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9547 else if (dashes
== 9)
9549 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9550 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9553 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9554 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9556 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9557 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9559 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9560 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9561 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9563 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9564 width of this font. */
9565 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9567 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9568 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9573 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9576 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9581 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9582 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9583 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9586 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9588 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9589 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9590 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9596 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9600 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9604 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9606 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9607 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9608 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9611 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9612 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9613 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9614 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9616 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9617 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9619 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9621 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9627 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9629 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9631 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9635 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9636 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9637 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9638 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9641 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9642 if (found_size
== size
)
9643 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9644 else if (found_size
> 0)
9646 if (NILP (second_best
))
9648 else if (found_size
< size
)
9650 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9651 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9656 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9657 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9662 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9664 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9666 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9677 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9681 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9686 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9688 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9690 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9691 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9692 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9695 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9698 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9700 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9701 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9702 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9703 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9704 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9707 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9711 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9712 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9714 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9715 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9716 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9718 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9722 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9723 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9724 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9725 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9726 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9729 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9733 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9735 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9736 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9738 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9739 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9741 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9742 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9744 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9747 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9748 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9749 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9751 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9752 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9755 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9756 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9758 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9759 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9760 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9764 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9765 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9766 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9767 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9770 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9772 register char *fontname
;
9775 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9776 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9779 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9780 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9781 we already have by comparing names. */
9782 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9784 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9789 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9790 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9791 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9792 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9793 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9794 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9795 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9796 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9799 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9803 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9804 unsigned long value
;
9807 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9808 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9809 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9810 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9811 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9812 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9813 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9816 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9817 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9818 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9820 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9821 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9823 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9825 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9830 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9831 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9832 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9835 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9836 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9837 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9840 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9841 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9843 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9846 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9847 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9850 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9852 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9854 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9855 fontp
->charset
= -1; /* fs_load_font sets it. */
9856 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9857 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9859 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9861 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9863 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9867 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9868 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9870 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9881 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9882 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9889 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9891 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9893 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9894 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9896 if (NILP (font_names
))
9898 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9899 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9900 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9901 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9902 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9903 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9906 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9908 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9909 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9911 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9914 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9916 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9918 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9919 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9921 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9925 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9926 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9927 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9928 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9929 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9930 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding_type
9931 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9932 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9933 fontp
->encoding_type
9934 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
9936 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9937 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9938 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9939 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
9940 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
9942 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
9943 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
9944 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9945 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9946 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
9947 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
9948 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
9949 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
9950 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9951 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9952 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
9953 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
9954 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
9956 fontp
->baseline_offset
9957 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
9958 ? (long) value
: 0);
9959 fontp
->relative_compose
9960 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
9961 ? (long) value
: 0);
9962 fontp
->default_ascent
9963 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
9964 ? (long) value
: 0);
9966 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
9967 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
9968 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
9969 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
9970 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
9971 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
9978 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
9979 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
9982 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
9984 register char *fontname
;
9986 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9989 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9990 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9991 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
9992 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
9993 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9998 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
9999 `encoder' of the structure. */
10002 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
10003 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10005 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
10008 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10012 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
10013 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
10015 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10022 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10023 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10025 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10028 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10033 /* Return a char-table whose elements are t if the font FONT_INFO
10034 contains a glyph for the corresponding character, and nil if
10038 x_get_font_repertory (f
, font_info
)
10040 struct font_info
*font_info
;
10042 XFontStruct
*font
= (XFontStruct
*) font_info
->font
;
10044 int min_byte1
, max_byte1
, min_byte2
, max_byte2
;
10046 struct charset
*charset
= CHARSET_FROM_ID (font_info
->charset
);
10047 int offset
= CHARSET_OFFSET (charset
);
10049 table
= Fmake_char_table (Qnil
, Qnil
);
10051 min_byte1
= font
->min_byte1
;
10052 max_byte1
= font
->max_byte1
;
10053 min_byte2
= font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
10054 max_byte2
= font
->max_char_or_byte2
;
10055 if (min_byte1
== 0 && max_byte1
== 0)
10057 if (! font
->per_char
|| font
->all_chars_exist
== True
)
10060 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ min_byte2
,
10061 offset
+ max_byte2
, Qt
);
10063 for (; min_byte2
<= max_byte2
; min_byte2
++)
10065 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, min_byte2
);
10066 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10071 XCharStruct
*pcm
= font
->per_char
;
10075 for (i
= min_byte2
; i
<= max_byte2
; i
++, pcm
++)
10077 if (pcm
->width
== 0 && pcm
->rbearing
== pcm
->lbearing
)
10082 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ from
,
10083 offset
+ i
- 1, Qt
);
10085 for (; from
< i
; from
++)
10087 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, from
);
10088 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10099 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ from
, offset
+ i
- 1,
10102 for (; from
< i
; from
++)
10104 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, from
);
10105 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10112 if (! font
->per_char
|| font
->all_chars_exist
== True
)
10117 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10118 char_table_set_range
10119 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | min_byte2
),
10120 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | max_byte2
), Qt
);
10122 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10123 for (j
= min_byte2
; j
<= max_byte2
; j
++)
10125 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | j
;
10126 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10127 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10132 XCharStruct
*pcm
= font
->per_char
;
10135 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10140 for (j
= min_byte2
; j
<= max_byte2
; j
++, pcm
++)
10142 if (pcm
->width
== 0 && pcm
->rbearing
== pcm
->lbearing
)
10147 char_table_set_range
10148 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | from
),
10149 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | (j
- 1)), Qt
);
10152 for (; from
< j
; from
++)
10154 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | from
;
10155 c
= ENCODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10156 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10168 char_table_set_range
10169 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | from
),
10170 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | (j
- 1)), Qt
);
10173 for (; from
< j
; from
++)
10175 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | from
;
10176 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10177 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10188 /***********************************************************************
10190 ***********************************************************************/
10192 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10193 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10194 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10195 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10197 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10198 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10199 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10201 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10202 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10203 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10204 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10205 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10206 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10207 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10209 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10211 static int x_initialized
;
10213 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10214 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10215 the screen number from the server number. */
10217 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10218 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10220 int seen_colon
= 0;
10221 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10222 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10223 int length_until_period
= 0;
10225 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10226 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10227 length_until_period
++;
10229 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10230 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10232 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10234 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10235 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10236 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10237 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10238 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10239 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10240 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10241 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10242 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10243 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10244 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10245 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10246 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10247 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10249 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10253 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10257 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10258 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10262 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10263 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10266 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10267 unsigned long mask
;
10274 while (!(mask
& 1))
10290 struct x_display_info
*
10291 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10292 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10294 char *resource_name
;
10298 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10303 if (!x_initialized
)
10311 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10313 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10314 char **argv2
= argv
;
10317 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10319 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10320 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10321 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10322 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10323 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10327 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10331 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10333 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10335 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10336 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10339 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10340 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10343 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10346 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10348 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10352 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10354 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10355 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10357 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10359 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10360 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10361 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10363 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10364 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10365 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10367 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10368 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10373 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10374 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10377 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10378 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10379 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10381 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10382 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10383 So let's not use it until R6. */
10384 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10385 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10396 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10397 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10399 turn_on_atimers (0);
10400 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10401 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10402 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10404 turn_on_atimers (1);
10406 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10407 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10412 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10414 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10416 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10417 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10418 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10420 /* Detect failure. */
10427 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10429 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10430 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10432 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10434 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10437 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10438 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10439 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10440 SDATA (display_name
)))
10443 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10446 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10447 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10448 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10450 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10452 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10453 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10454 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10458 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10459 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10460 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10461 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10462 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10463 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10464 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10466 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10470 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10471 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10472 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10474 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10475 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10476 x_display_name_list
);
10477 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10479 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10482 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10486 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10487 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10489 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10490 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10492 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10493 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10495 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10497 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10498 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10499 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10501 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10502 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10504 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10505 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10506 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10507 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10509 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10511 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10513 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10515 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10516 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10517 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10518 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10519 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10520 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10521 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10522 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10523 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10524 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10525 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10526 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10527 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10528 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10529 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10530 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10531 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10532 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10533 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10534 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10535 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10536 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10537 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10538 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10539 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10540 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10541 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10542 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10543 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10544 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10545 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10546 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10547 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10549 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10550 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10551 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10553 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10555 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10556 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10557 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10558 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10559 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10560 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10563 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10564 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10566 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10569 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10570 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10571 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10573 if (STRINGP (value
)
10574 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10575 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10576 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10580 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10581 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10584 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10585 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10586 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10587 dpyinfo
->resy
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10588 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10589 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10590 dpyinfo
->resx
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10593 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10594 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10595 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10596 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10597 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10598 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10599 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10600 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10601 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10602 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10603 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10604 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10605 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10606 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10607 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10608 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10609 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10610 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10611 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10612 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10613 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10614 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10615 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10616 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10617 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10618 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10619 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10620 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10621 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10622 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10623 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10624 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10625 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10626 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10627 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10628 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10629 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10630 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10631 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10632 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10633 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10634 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10635 /* For properties of font. */
10636 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10637 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10638 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10639 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10640 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10641 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10642 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10643 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10645 /* Ghostscript support. */
10646 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10647 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10649 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10652 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10654 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10655 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10660 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10662 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10663 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10664 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10669 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10670 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10672 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10674 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10675 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10679 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10682 #ifdef subprocesses
10683 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10684 if (connection
!= 0)
10685 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10688 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10690 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10691 /* stdin is a socket here */
10692 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10693 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10694 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10695 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10696 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10697 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10700 if (interrupt_input
)
10701 init_sigio (connection
);
10702 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10705 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10706 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10707 so that Xt does not crash. */
10709 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10710 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10714 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10715 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10716 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10717 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10718 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10719 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10720 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10721 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10723 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10724 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10725 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10730 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10731 for debugging X code. */
10734 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10735 build_string ("synchronous"),
10736 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10738 if (STRINGP (value
)
10739 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10740 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10741 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10746 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10747 build_string ("useXIM"),
10748 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10751 if (STRINGP (value
)
10752 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10753 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10756 if (STRINGP (value
)
10757 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10758 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10764 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10765 if (x_initialized
== 1)
10766 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10774 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10775 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10778 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10779 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10783 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10785 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10786 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10787 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10788 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10789 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10794 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10795 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10797 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10799 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10802 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10806 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10807 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10809 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10810 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10813 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10815 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10816 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10817 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10820 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10821 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10822 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10825 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10826 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10827 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10831 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10834 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10835 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10836 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10838 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10839 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10840 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10843 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10844 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10846 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10847 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10848 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10852 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10854 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10855 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10856 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10857 that slows us down. */
10860 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10861 struct atimer
*timer
;
10863 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10866 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10867 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10872 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10875 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10877 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10879 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10881 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10885 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10887 x_after_update_window_line
,
10888 x_update_window_begin
,
10889 x_update_window_end
,
10895 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10897 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10898 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10899 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10900 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10901 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10902 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10905 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10906 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10907 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10908 x_clear_frame_area
,
10909 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10910 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10911 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10917 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10919 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10920 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10921 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10922 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10923 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10924 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10925 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10926 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10927 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10928 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10929 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10930 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10931 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10932 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10933 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10934 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10935 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10936 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10938 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10939 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10940 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10941 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
10942 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10947 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10948 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10949 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10952 current_count
= -1;
10955 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10956 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10958 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10959 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10961 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10963 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10964 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10965 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10966 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10967 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10968 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10969 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10971 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10973 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10974 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10975 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10976 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10977 widgets don't behave normally. */
10979 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10980 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10981 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10985 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10987 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10988 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10992 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10993 original error handler. */
10994 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10995 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10997 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10999 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
11000 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
11002 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
11009 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
11010 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
11012 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
11013 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
11015 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
11016 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
11018 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
11019 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
11021 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
11022 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
11024 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
11025 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
11027 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
11028 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
11029 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
11030 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
11031 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
11032 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
11033 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
11035 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
11036 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
11037 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
11038 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
11039 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
11040 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
11041 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
11042 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
11043 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
11045 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
11046 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
11047 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
11048 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
11049 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11051 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
11052 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
11053 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
11055 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
11057 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
11060 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
11063 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
11064 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
11066 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
11067 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
11068 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
11069 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
11070 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
11071 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
11072 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
11073 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
11074 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
11076 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
11077 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
11078 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11079 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
11080 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
11081 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
11083 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
11084 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
11085 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11086 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
11087 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
11088 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
11090 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
11091 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11092 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11093 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11094 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11095 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11097 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
11098 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11099 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11100 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11101 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11102 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11104 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
11105 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11106 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
11107 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11108 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11112 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11114 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11115 (do not change this comment) */